linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
   2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
   8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
   9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
  10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
  11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
  12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
  13 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
  15 *
  16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
  17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
  19 *
  20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
  21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
  23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  27 *
  28 */
  29
  30/*
  31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
  32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
  33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
  34 *
  35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
  36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
  37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
  38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
  39 * can actually be identified and removed.
  40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
  41 */
  42
  43#include <linux/types.h>
  44
  45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
  46
  47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
  48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
  49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
  50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
  51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
  52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
  53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
  54
  55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
  56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
  57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
  58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
  59
  60/**
  61 * DOC: Station handling
  62 *
  63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
  64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
  65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
  66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
  67 * to.
  68 *
  69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
  70 * capabilities.
  71 *
  72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
  73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
  74 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
  75 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
  76 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
  77 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
  78 *    time mark it authorized.
  79 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
  80 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
  81 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
  82 *
  83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
  84 */
  85
  86/**
  87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
  88 *
  89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
  90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
  91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
  92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
  93 * for various reasons.
  94 *
  95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
  96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
  97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
  98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
  99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 101 * for doing that.
 102 *
 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 106 *
 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 108 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 109 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 110 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 111 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 112 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 113 *
 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 118 *
 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 120 * below.
 121 */
 122
 123/**
 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 125 *
 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 130 *
 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 134 *
 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 142 *
 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 151 *
 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 154 */
 155
 156/**
 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 158 *
 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 162 * and power consumption.
 163 *
 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 167 * following events occur.
 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 172 *
 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 174 * rule.
 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 179 */
 180
 181/**
 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 183 *
 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 191 *
 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
 198 * not present.
 199 *
 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 207 *
 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 211 */
 212
 213/**
 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 215 *
 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 223 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 224 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 225 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 226 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 231 *
 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 234 * up a connection or after roaming.
 235 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 236 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 237 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 238 *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 241 *
 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 249 */
 250
 251/**
 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 253 *
 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
 258 *
 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
 261 * respectively.
 262 */
 263
 264/**
 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
 266 *
 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
 273 * that main netdev.
 274 *
 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
 278 */
 279
 280/**
 281 * DOC: TID configuration
 282 *
 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
 285 *
 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
 289 *
 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
 295 * will be overwritten.
 296 *
 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
 300 * the interface goes down.
 301 */
 302
 303/**
 304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 305 *
 306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 307 *
 308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 309 *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
 310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 311 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 312 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 313 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
 314 *      channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
 315 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
 316 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
 317 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
 318 *      see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
 319 *      compatibility only.
 320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 321 *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 322 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 324 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 325 *
 326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 327 *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 328 *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 330 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 332 *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 333 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 334 *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 335 *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 336 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 338 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 339 *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 340 *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 341 *
 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 343 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 347 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 348 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
 349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 350 *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 351 *
 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 354 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 355 *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 356 *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 357 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 359 *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 360 *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 361 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 362 *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 363 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 364 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 365 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 366 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 367 *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 368 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
 369 *      attributes determining channel width.
 370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 373 *
 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 375 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 377 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 379 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 381 *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 382 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 383 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 384 *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 385 *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 386 *      frame).
 387 *
 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 389 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 390 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 392 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 393 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 395 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 397 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 399 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 401 *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 402 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 404 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 405 *
 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 407 *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 408 *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 409 *      global regdomain will be returned.
 410 *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 411 *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 412 *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
 413 *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 414 *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 415 *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 416 *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 417 *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 418 *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 420 *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 421 *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 422 *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 423 *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 424 *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 425 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 426 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 427 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 428 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 430 *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 431 *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 432 *
 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 434 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 435 *
 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 437 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 438 *
 439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 440 *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 441 *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 442 *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 443 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 444 *      added to all specified management frames generated by
 445 *      kernel/firmware/driver.
 446 *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 447 *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 448 *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 449 *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 450 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 451 *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 452 *
 453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 455 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 456 *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 457 *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 458 *      be used.
 459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 460 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 462 *      partial scan results may be available
 463 *
 464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 465 *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 466 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 467 *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 468 *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 469 *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 470 *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 471 *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 472 *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 473 *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 474 *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 475 *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 476 *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 477 *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 478 *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 479 *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 480 *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 481 *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 482 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 483 *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 484 *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 485 *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 486 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 488 *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 489 *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 491 *      results available.
 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 493 *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 494 *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 495 *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 496 *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 497 *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 498 *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 499 *
 500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 501 *      or noise level
 502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 503 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 504 *
 505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 506 *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 507 *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 508 *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 509 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 510 *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 511 *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 512 *      ESS.
 513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 514 *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 515 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 516 *      authentication.
 517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 518 *
 519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 520 *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
 521 *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 522 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 523 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 524 *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 525 *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 526 *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 527 *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 528 *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 530 *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 531 *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 532 *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 533 *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 534 *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 535 *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 536 *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 537 *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 538 *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 539 *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 540 *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 541 *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 542 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 543 *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 544 *      the beacon hint was processed.
 545 *
 546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 547 *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 548 *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 549 *      authentication process.
 550 *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 551 *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 552 *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 553 *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 554 *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
 555 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
 556 *      channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
 557 *      authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
 558 *      (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
 559 *      to the frame.
 560 *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 561 *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 562 *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 563 *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 564 *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 565 *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 566 *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 567 *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 568 *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 569 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 570 *      pending authentication timed out).
 571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 572 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 573 *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 574 *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 575 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 576 *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 577 *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 578 *      included).
 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 580 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 581 *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 582 *      primitives).
 583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 584 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 585 *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 586 *
 587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 588 *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 589 *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 590 *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 591 *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 592 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 593 *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 594 *
 595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 596 *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 597 *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 598 *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 599 *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 600 *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 601 *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 602 *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 604 *      determined by the network interface.
 605 *
 606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 607 *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 608 *      to the driver.
 609 *
 610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 611 *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 612 *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 613 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 614 *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
 615 *      %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 616 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 617 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 618 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 619 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 620 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 621 *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 622 *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 623 *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 624 *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 625 *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 626 *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 627 *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 628 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 629 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 630 *      Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
 631 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
 632 *      included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
 633 *      space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
 634 *      up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
 635 *      userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
 636 *      driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
 637 *      has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
 638 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 639 *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 640 *      a different BSS is desired.
 641 *      Background scan period can optionally be
 642 *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 643 *      if not specified default background scan configuration
 644 *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 645 *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 646 *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 647 *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 648 *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 649 *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 650 *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 651 *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 652 *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 653 *      well to remain backwards compatible.
 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 655 *      When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
 656 *      fast transition, this event should be followed by an
 657 *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 659 *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 660 *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 661 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 662 *
 663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 664 *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 665 *
 666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 667 *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 668 *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 669 *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 670 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 671 *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 672 *      frequency for the operation.
 673 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 674 *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 675 *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 676 *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 677 *      radio).
 678 *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 679 *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 680 *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 682 *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 683 *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 684 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 685 *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 686 *      uniquely identify the request.
 687 *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 688 *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 689 *
 690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 691 *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 692 *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 693 *
 694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 695 *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 696 *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 697 *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 698 *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 699 *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 700 *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 701 *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 702 *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 703 *      The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
 704 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
 705 *      case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
 706 *      flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 708 *      backward compatibility
 709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 710 *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 711 *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 712 *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 713 *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 714 *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 715 *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 716 *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 717 *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 718 *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 719 *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 720 *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 721 *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 722 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 723 *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 724 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 725 *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 726 *      is used during CSA period.
 727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 728 *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 729 *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
 730 *      also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
 731 *      wait time.
 732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 734 *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 735 *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 736 *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 737 *      the frame.
 738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 739 *      backward compatibility.
 740 *
 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 743 *
 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 745 *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 746 *      levels.
 747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 748 *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 749 *      reached.
 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 751 *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 752 *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 753 *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 754 *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 755 *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 756 *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 757 *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 758 *      precedence when they are used.
 759 *
 760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
 761 *
 762 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 763 *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 764 *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 765 *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 766 *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 767 *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 768 *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 769 *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 770 *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 771 *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 772 *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 773 *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 774 *      command, the feature is disabled.
 775 *
 776 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 777 *      mesh config parameters may be given.
 778 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 779 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 780 *
 781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 782 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 783 *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 784 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 785 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 786 *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 787 *
 788 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 789 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 790 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 791 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 792 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 793 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 794 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 795 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 796 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 797 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 798 *      depending on the authentication result.
 799 *
 800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 802 *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 803 *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 804 *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 805 *      more background information, see
 806 *      https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 807 *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 808 *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 809 *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 810 *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 811 *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 812 *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 813 *
 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 815 *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 816 *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 817 *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 818 *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 819 *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 820 *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 821 *
 822 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 823 *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 824 *
 825 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 826 *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 827 *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 828 *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 829 *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 830 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 831 *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 832 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 833 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 834 *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 835 *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 836 *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 837 *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 838 *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 839 *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 840 *
 841 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 842 *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 843 *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 844 *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 845 *      is received.
 846 *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 847 *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
 848 *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 849 *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 850 *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 851 *
 852 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 853 *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 854 *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 855 *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 856 *
 857 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 858 *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 859 *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 860 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 861 *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 862 *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 863 *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 864 *
 865 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 866 *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 867 *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 868 *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 869 *
 870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 871 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 872 *
 873 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 874 *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 875 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 876 *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 877 *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 878 *      from the remote AP) is completed;
 879 *
 880 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 881 *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 882 *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 883 *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 884 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 885 *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 886 *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 887 *      interfaces to change channel as well.
 888 *
 889 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 890 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 891 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 892 *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 893 *      public action frame TX.
 894 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 895 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 896 *
 897 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 898 *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 899 *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 900 *      is used for this.
 901 *
 902 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 903 *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
 904 *
 905 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 906 *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 907 *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 908 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 909 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 910 *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 911 *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 912 *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 913 *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 914 *
 915 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 916 *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 917 *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 918 *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 919 *      while operating on this channel.
 920 *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 921 *      event.
 922 *
 923 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 924 *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 925 *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 926 *
 927 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 928 *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
 929 *
 930 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 931 *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 932 *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 933 *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 934 *
 935 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 936 *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 937 *      complete.
 938 *
 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 940 *      return back to normal.
 941 *
 942 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 943 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 944 *
 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 946 *      new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 947 *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 948 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 949 *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 950 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 951 *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 952 *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 953 *      switch is complete.
 954 *
 955 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 956 *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 957 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 958 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 959 *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 960 *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 961 *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 962 *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 963 *
 964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 965 *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 966 *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 967 *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 968 *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 969 *
 970 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 971 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 972 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 973 *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 974 *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 975 *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 976 *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 977 *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 978 *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 979 *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 980 *      fail even if the check was successful.
 981 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 982 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 983 *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 984 *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 985 *
 986 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 987 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 988 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 989 *
 990 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 991 *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 992 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 993 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 994 *
 995 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
 996 *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
 997 *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
 998 *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
 999 *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1000 *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1001 *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1002 *      AP.
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1004 *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1005 *      when this command completes.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1008 *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1009 *      management.
1010 *
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1012 *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1013 *      cfg80211_scan_done().
1014 *
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1016 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1017 *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1018 *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1019 *      cluster. This command must have a valid
1020 *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1021 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1022 *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1023 *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1024 *      added.
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1026 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1027 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1028 *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1029 *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1030 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1031 *      of the function upon success.
1032 *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1033 *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1034 *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1035 *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1036 *      which just terminated.
1037 *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1038 *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1039 *      the response to this command.
1040 *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1041 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1042 *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1043 *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1044 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1046 *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1047 *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1048 *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1049 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1050 *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1051 *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1052 *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1054 *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1055 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1056 *
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1058 *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1059 *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1060 *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1061 *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1062 *
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1064 *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1065 *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1066 *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1067 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1068 *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1069 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1070 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1071 *      completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1072 *      should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1073 *      %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1074 *      should be indicated instead.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1076 *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1077 *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1078 *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1079 *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1080 *      802.11 headers.
1081 *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1082 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1083 *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1084 *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1085 *
1086 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1087 *
1088 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1089 *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1090 *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1091 *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1092 *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1093 *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1094 *
1095 *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1096 *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1097 *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1098 *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1099 *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1100 *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1101 *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1102 *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1103 *      command interface.
1104 *
1105 *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1106 *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1107 *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1108 *
1109 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1110 *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1111 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1112 *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1113 *
1114 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1115 *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1116 *
1117 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1118 *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1119 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1120 *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1121 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1122 *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1123 *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1124 *      the netlink extended ack message.
1125 *
1126 *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1127 *
1128 *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1129 *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1130 *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1131 *      buffer size.
1132 *
1133 *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1134 *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1136 *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1137 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1138 *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1139 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1140 *
1141 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1142 *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1143 *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1144 *      determining the width and type.
1145 *
1146 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1147 *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1148 *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1149 *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1150 *
1151 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1152 *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1153 *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1154 *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1155 *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1156 *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1157 *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1158 *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1159 *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1160 *      rate selection.
1161 *
1162 *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1163 *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1164 *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1165 *
1166 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1167 *      is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1168 *
1169 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1170 *      frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1171 *      dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1172 *      protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1173 *
1174 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1175 *      port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1176 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1177 *      includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1178 *      if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1179 *
1180 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1181 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1182 */
1183enum nl80211_commands {
1184/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1185        NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1186
1187        NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1188        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1189        NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1190        NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1191
1192        NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1193        NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1194        NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1195        NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1196
1197        NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1198        NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1199        NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1200        NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1201
1202        NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1203        NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1204        NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1205        NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1206        NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1207        NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1208
1209        NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1210        NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1211        NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1212        NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1213
1214        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1215        NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1216        NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1217        NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1218
1219        NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1220
1221        NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1222        NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1223
1224        NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1225        NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1226
1227        NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1228
1229        NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1230
1231        NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1232        NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1233        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1234        NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1235
1236        NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1237
1238        NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1239        NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1240        NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1241        NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1242
1243        NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1244
1245        NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1246
1247        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1248        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1249
1250        NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1251
1252        NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1253        NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1254        NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1255
1256        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1257
1258        NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1259        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1260
1261        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1262        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1263        NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1264
1265        NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1266        NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1267
1268        NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1269
1270        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1271        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1272        NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1273        NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1274        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1275        NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1276
1277        NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1278        NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1279
1280        NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1281        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1282
1283        NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1284        NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1285
1286        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1287
1288        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1289        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1290
1291        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1292        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1293
1294        NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1295
1296        NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1297        NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1298
1299        NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1300        NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1301        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1302        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1303
1304        NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1305
1306        NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1307
1308        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1309        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1310
1311        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1312
1313        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1314
1315        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1316
1317        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1318
1319        NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1320
1321        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1322
1323        NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1324        NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1325
1326        NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1327
1328        NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1329
1330        NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1331
1332        NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1333
1334        NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1335
1336        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1337        NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1338
1339        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1340        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1341
1342        NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1343        NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1344
1345        NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1346
1347        NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1348
1349        NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1350
1351        NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1352        NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1353
1354        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1355
1356        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1357        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1358
1359        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1360
1361        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1362        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1363
1364        NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1365
1366        NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1367
1368        NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1369        NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1370        NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1371        NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1372        NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1373        NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1374
1375        NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1376
1377        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1378
1379        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1380        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1381
1382        NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1383
1384        NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1385
1386        NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1387
1388        NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1389
1390        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1391
1392        NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1393
1394        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1395        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1396        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1397
1398        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1399
1400        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1401
1402        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1403
1404        NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1405
1406        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1407
1408        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1409
1410        /* add new commands above here */
1411
1412        /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1413        __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1414        NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1415};
1416
1417/*
1418 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1419 * here
1420 */
1421#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1422#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1423#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1424#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1425#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1426#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1427#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1428#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1429
1430#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1431
1432/* source-level API compatibility */
1433#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1434#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1435#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1436
1437/**
1438 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1439 *
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1441 *
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1443 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1447 *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1448 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1449 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1450 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1452 *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1453 *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1455 *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1456 *      operating channel center frequency.
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1458 *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1460 *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1461 *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1462 *              this attribute)
1463 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1464 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1465 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1466 *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1468 *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1469 *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1471 *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1472 *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1474 *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1475 *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1477 *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1478 *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1480 *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1481 *
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1485 *
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1487 *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1490 *
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1492 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1493 *      keys
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1496 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1498 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1501 *      default management key
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1503 *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1505 *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1506 *
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1511 *
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1514 *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1516 *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1518 *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1519 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1521 *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1523 *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1524 *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1525 *
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1527 *      consisting of a nested array.
1528 *
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1531 *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1534 *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1535 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1538 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1541 *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1542 *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1543 *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1544 *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1545 *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1546 *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1547 *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1548 *      to a specific alpha2.
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1550 *      rules.
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1554 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1556 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1558 *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1559 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1560 *
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1562 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1563 *
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1565 *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1566 *      of the interface mode.
1567 *
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1569 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1572 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1573 *
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1575 *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1577 *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1579 *      that can be added to a scan request
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1581 *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1583 *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1584 *
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1587 *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1589 *
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1591 *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1593 *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1594 *
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1596 *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1597 *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1598 *
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1600 *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1601 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1604 *      represented as a u32
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1606 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1607 *
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1609 *      a u32
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1612 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1613 *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1614 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1615 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1617 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1618 *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1619 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1620 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1621 *
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1623 *      cipher suites
1624 *
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1626 *      for other networks on different channels
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1629 *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1630 *
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1632 *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1633 *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1634 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1635 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1636 *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1637 *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1638 *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1639 *
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1641 *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1642 *
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1644 *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1645 *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1646 *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1647 *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1648 *      default in station mode.
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1650 *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1651 *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1652 *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1653 *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1654 *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1656 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1657 *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1659 *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1660 *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1661 *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1662 *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1663 *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1664 *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1665 *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1666 *      flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1667 *      frames are not forwared over the control port.
1668 *
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1670 *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1673 *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1674 *      a local disconnect request.
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1676 *      event (u16)
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1678 *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1679 *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1680 *
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1682 *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1683 *      (an array of u32).
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1685 *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1686 *      u32).
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1688 *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1689 *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1691 *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1692 *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1693 *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1694 *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1695 *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1696 *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1697 *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1698 *
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1700 *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1702 *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1705 *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1706 *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1707 *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1708 *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1711 *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1713 *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1714 *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1715 *
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1717 *
1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1719 *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1720 *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1721 *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1722 *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1723 *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1724 *      completely from scratch.
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1729 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1730 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1734 *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1738 *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1739 *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1742 *
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1744 *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1745 *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1746 *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1747 *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1748 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1749 *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1750 *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1751 *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1752 *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1753 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1754 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1757 *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1759 *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1761 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1762 *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1763 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1765 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1766 *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1769 *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1774 *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1777 *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1778 *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1779 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1780 *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1783 *      connected to this BSS.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1786 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1788 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1789 *      for non-automatic settings.
1790 *
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1792 *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1795 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1796 *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1797 *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1798 *
1799 *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1800 *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1801 *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1802 *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1803 *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1804 *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1805 *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1806 *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1807 *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1808 *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1811 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1812 *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1813 *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1814 *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1817 *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1820 *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1825 *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1826 *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1827 *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1828 *      nl80211 capability flag.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1833 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1834 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1837 *      changed once the mesh is active.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1839 *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1841 *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1842 *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1844 *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1845 *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1846 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1849 *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1851 *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1852 *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1853 *      triggers.
1854 *
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1856 *      cycles, in msecs.
1857 *
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1859 *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1860 *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1861 *      pass-thru filter rules.
1862 *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1863 *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1864 *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1865 *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1866 *      able to ignore them by itself.
1867 *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1868 *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1869 *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1870 *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1871 *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1872 *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1873 *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1874 *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1875 *
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1877 *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1878 *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1880 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1881 *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1882 *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1883 *
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1885 *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1888 *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1889 *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1890 *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1893 *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1894 *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1895 *
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1897 *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1898 *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1899 *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1901 *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1902 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1903 *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1904 *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1905 *
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1907 *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1909 *      as AP.
1910 *
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1912 *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1915 *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1918 *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1919 *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1920 *      applications use this attribute.
1921 *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1922 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1923 *
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1925 *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1926 *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1928 *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1930 *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1932 *      as a TDLS peer sta.
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1934 *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1935 *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1936 *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1937 *
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1939 *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1940 *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1941 *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1942 *
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1944 *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1945 *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1946 *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1949 *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1951 *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
1952 *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1953 *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1954 *
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1956 *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1957 *      to be filled by the FW.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1959 *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1961 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1962 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1963 *      The values that may be configured are:
1964 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1965 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1966 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1967 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1968 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1971 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1972 *    to one DFS region.
1973 *
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1975 *      up to 16 TIDs.
1976 *
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1978 *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1979 *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1980 *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1981 *      capability to timeout the stations.
1982 *
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1984 *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1985 *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1986 *
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1988 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1989 *
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1991 *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1992 *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1993 *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1994 *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1995 *
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1997 *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1998 *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1999 *
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2001 *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2002 *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2003 *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2004 *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2005 *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2006 *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2007 *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2008 *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2009 *      consistent.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2012 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2015 *
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2017 *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2019 *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2020 *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2021 *      no change is made.
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2024 *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2027 *      carried in a u32 attribute
2028 *
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2030 *      MAC ACL.
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2033 *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2034 *      ACL.
2035 *
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2037 *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2038 *
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2040 *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2041 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2043 *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2044 *
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2046 *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2047 *
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2049 *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2050 *      and PU-APSD.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2053 *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2054 *
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2056 *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2057 *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2060 *
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2062 *      Element
2063 *
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2065 *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2067 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2070 *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2071 *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2072 *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2073 *
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2075 *
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2077 *      until the channel switch event.
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2079 *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2080 *      operation).
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2082 *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2084 *      switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2086 *      switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2087 *
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2089 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2092 *
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2094 *      operating classes.
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2097 *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2098 *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2099 *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2100 *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2101 *      IBSS network.
2102 *
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2104 *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2106 *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2107 *
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2109 *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2110 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2111 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2112 *      u8 attribute.
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2115 *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2118 *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2120 *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2121 *
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2123 *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2124 *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2125 *
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2128 *
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2130 *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2131 *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2132 *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2133 *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2134 *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2137 *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2139 *      supported number of csa counters.
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2142 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2143 *
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2145 *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2146 *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2147 *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2148 *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2149 *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2150 *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2151 *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2152 *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2153 *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2154 *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2155 *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2156 *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2157 *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2158 *      multicast group.
2159 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2160 *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2161 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2162 *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2163 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2164 *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2165 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2166 *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2167 *
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2169 *      the TDLS link initiator.
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2172 *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2173 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2174 *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2175 *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2176 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2177 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2178 *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2179 *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2180 *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2181 *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2182 *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2183 *
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2185 *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2186 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2187 *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2188 *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2193 *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2194 *
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2196 *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2197 *
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2199 *
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2201 *
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2203 *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2204 *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2205 *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2206 *
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2208 *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2209 *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2210 *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2211 *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2212 *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2213 *
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2215 *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2216 *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2217 *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2218 *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2219 *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2220 *      over all channels.
2221 *
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2223 *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2224 *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2225 *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2226
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2228 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2229 *
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2231 *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2233 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2235 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2237 *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2238 *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2239 *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2240 *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2241 *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2243 *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2244 *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2245 *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2247 *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2248 *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2249 *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2250 *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2251 *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2254 *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2255 *
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2257 *
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2259 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2260 *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2261 *      interface type.
2262 *
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2264 *      groupID for monitor mode.
2265 *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2266 *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2267 *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2268 *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2269 *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2270 *      each group.
2271 *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2272 *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2273 *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2274 *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2275 *      groupID data.
2276 *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2278 *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2279 *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2280 *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2281 *
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2283 *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2284 *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2285 *      attribute must not be included).
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2287 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2289 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2290 *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2291 *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2292 *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2294 *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2295 *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2296 *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2297 *
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2299 *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2300 *
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2302 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2303 *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2304 *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2305 *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2307 *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2308 *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2309 *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2310 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2311 *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2312 *      the device will decide what to use.
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2314 *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2315 *      attribute.
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2317 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2319 *      protection.
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2321 *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2322 *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2323 *
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2325 *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2326 *
2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2328 *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2329 *
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2331 *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2332 *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2333 *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2334 *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2335 *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2336 *      unnecessary wakeups.
2337 *
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2339 *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2340 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2341 *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2342 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2345 *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2346 *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2347 *
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2349 *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2350 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2351 *
2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2353 *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2354 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2355 *
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2357 *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2358 *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2359 *
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2361 *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2362 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2363 *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2364 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2367 *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2368 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2369 *
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2371 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2372 *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2373 *      PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2374 *      authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2375 *      support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2376 *      is included as well.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2379 *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2381 *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2382 *
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2384 *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2385 *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2388 *
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2390 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2391 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2392 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2394 *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2395 *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2396 *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2397 *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2398 *
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2400 *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2401 *
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2403 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2405 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2407 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2408 *      enforced.
2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2410 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2412 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2413 *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2414 *
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2416 *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2417 *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2418 *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2419 *
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2421 *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2422 *
2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2424 *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2425 *      invalid value.
2426 *
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2428 *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2429 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2430 *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2431 *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2432 *
2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2434 *      scheduler.
2435 *
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2437 *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2438 *      possible values.
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2440 *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2441 *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2442 *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2443 *      or per-station.
2444 *
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2446 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2447 *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2448 *
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2450 *
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2452 *      functionality.
2453 *
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2455 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2456 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2458 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2459 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2460 *
2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2462 *      (u16).
2463 *
2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2465 *
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2467 *      using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2468 *      attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2469 *      supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2470 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2471 *      advertised for a specific interface type.
2472 *
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2474 *      nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2475 *      on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2476 *      attributes.
2477 *
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2479 *      port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2480 *
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2482 *      dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2483 *      An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2484 *      Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2485 *      configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2486 *      authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2487 *      where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2488 *      authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2489 *      authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2490 *      result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2491 *
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2493 *      terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2494 *      (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2495 *      parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2496 *      driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2497 *      after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2498 *      has expired.
2499 *
2500 *      Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2501 *      entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2502 *      no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2503 *      disassociation is still forced.
2504 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2505 *      %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2507 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2508 *      an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2510 *      first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2512 *
2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2514 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2515 *
2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2517 *      discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2518 *      &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2519 *
2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2521 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2522 *      &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2523 *
2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2525 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2527 *      override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2528 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2529 *
2530 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2531 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2532 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2533 */
2534enum nl80211_attrs {
2535/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2536        NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2537
2538        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2539        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2540
2541        NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2542        NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2543        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2544
2545        NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2546
2547        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2548        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2549        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2550        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2551        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2552
2553        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2554        NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2555        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2556        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2557
2558        NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2559        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2560        NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2561        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2562        NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2563        NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2564
2565        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2566
2567        NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2568
2569        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2570        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2571        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2572        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2573
2574        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2575        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2576        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2577
2578        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2579
2580        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2581
2582        NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2583        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2584
2585        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2586
2587        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2588
2589        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2590        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2591        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2592
2593        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2594
2595        NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2596        NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2597
2598        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2599
2600        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2601        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2602        NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2603        NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2604
2605        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2606        NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2607
2608        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2609
2610        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2611        NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2612        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2613        NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2614
2615        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2616
2617        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2618        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2619
2620        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2621        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2622
2623        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2624
2625
2626        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2627        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2628        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2629        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2630
2631        NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2632
2633        NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2634
2635        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2636
2637        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2638
2639        NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2640
2641        NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2642
2643        NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2644        NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2645
2646        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2647        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2648        NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2649        NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2650
2651        NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2652        NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2653
2654        NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2655
2656        NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2657        NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2658
2659        NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2660
2661        NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2662
2663        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2664
2665        NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2666        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2667
2668        NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2669
2670        NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2671
2672        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2673
2674        NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2675
2676        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2677
2678        NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2679
2680        NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2681
2682        NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2683
2684        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2685
2686        NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2687
2688        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2689        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2690
2691        NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2692        NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2693        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2694
2695        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2696        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2697
2698        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2699
2700        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2701        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2702
2703        NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2704
2705        NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2706
2707        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2708
2709        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2710
2711        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2712
2713        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2714
2715        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2716        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2717
2718        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2719        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2720
2721        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2722        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2723
2724        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2725
2726        NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2727        NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2728
2729        NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2730
2731        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2732        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2733
2734        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2735
2736        NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2737
2738        NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2739        NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2740
2741        NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2742        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2743
2744        NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2745
2746        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2747        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2748
2749        NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2750
2751        NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2752
2753        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2754        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2755        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2756        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2757        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2758
2759        NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2760
2761        NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2762
2763        NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2764
2765        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2766
2767        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2768
2769        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2770
2771        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2772        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2773
2774        NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2775
2776        NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2777
2778        NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2779
2780        NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2781
2782        NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2783
2784        NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2785
2786        NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2787
2788        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2789
2790        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2791
2792        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2793
2794        NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2795        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2796        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2797
2798        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2799        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2800
2801        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2802
2803        NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2804
2805        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2806
2807        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2808
2809        NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2810
2811        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2812        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2813
2814        NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2815        NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2816
2817        NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2818        NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2819
2820        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2821        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2822
2823        NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2824        NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2825
2826        NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2827        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2828
2829        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2830
2831        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2832
2833        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2834        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2835        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2836        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2837        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2838
2839        NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2840
2841        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2842
2843        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2844
2845        NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2846
2847        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2848        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2849
2850        NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2851
2852        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2853        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2854        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2855        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2856
2857        NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2858
2859        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2860        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2861
2862        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2863
2864        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2865
2866        NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2867
2868        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2869        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2870
2871        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2872
2873        NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2874
2875        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2876
2877        NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2878        NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2879        NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2880
2881        NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2882
2883        NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2884
2885        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2886
2887        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2888
2889        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2890
2891        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2892
2893        NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2894
2895        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2896
2897        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2898
2899        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2900        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2901        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2902        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2903
2904        NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2905
2906        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2907
2908        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2909
2910        NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2911
2912        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2913
2914        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2915        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2916
2917        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2918        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2919        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2920        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2921
2922        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2923
2924        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2925        NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2926        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2927        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2928
2929        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2930        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2931
2932        NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2933
2934        NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2935
2936        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2937        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2938
2939        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2940
2941        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2942        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2943        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2944        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2945        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2946
2947        NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2948
2949        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2950        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2951
2952        NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2953        NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2954        NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2955
2956        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2957        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2958
2959        NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2960        NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2961
2962        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2963
2964        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2965        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2966        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2967        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2968
2969        NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2970
2971        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2972
2973        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2974
2975        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2976
2977        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2978
2979        NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2980        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2981        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2982
2983        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2984
2985        NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2986
2987        NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2988
2989        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2990        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2991
2992        NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2993
2994        NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
2995
2996        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
2997
2998        NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
2999
3000        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3001
3002        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3003        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3004
3005        NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3006        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3007        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3008        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3009
3010        NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3011
3012        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3013
3014        NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3015
3016        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3017        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3018
3019        /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3020
3021        __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3022        NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3023        NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3024};
3025
3026/* source-level API compatibility */
3027#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3028#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3029#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3030#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3031#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3032#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3033
3034/*
3035 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3036 * here
3037 */
3038#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3039#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3040#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3041#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3042#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3043#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3044#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3045#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3046#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3047#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3048#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3049#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3050#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3051#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3052#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3053#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3054#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3055#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3056#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3057#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3058#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3059
3060#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
3061
3062#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
3063#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
3064#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
3065#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
3066#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
3067#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
3068#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
3069#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
3070#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3071#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3072#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
3073#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
3074
3075#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
3076
3077/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3078#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
3079
3080#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
3081
3082/**
3083 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3084 *
3085 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3086 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3087 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3088 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3089 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3090 *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3091 *      AP type interface.
3092 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3093 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3094 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3095 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3096 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3097 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3098 *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3099 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3100 *      commands to create and destroy one
3101 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3102 *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3103 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3104 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3105 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3106 *
3107 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3108 * to set the type of an interface.
3109 *
3110 */
3111enum nl80211_iftype {
3112        NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3113        NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3114        NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3115        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3116        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3117        NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3118        NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3119        NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3120        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3121        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3122        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3123        NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3124        NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3125
3126        /* keep last */
3127        NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3128        NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3129};
3130
3131/**
3132 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3133 *
3134 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3135 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3136 *
3137 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3138 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3139 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3140 *      with short barker preamble
3141 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3142 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3143 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3144 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3145 *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3146 *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3147 *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3148 *      as errors.)
3149 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3150 *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3151 *      previously added station into associated state
3152 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3153 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3154 */
3155enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3156        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3157        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3158        NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3159        NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3160        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3161        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3162        NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3163        NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3164
3165        /* keep last */
3166        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3167        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3168};
3169
3170/**
3171 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3172 *
3173 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3174 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3175 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3176 */
3177enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3178        NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3179        NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3180
3181        NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3182};
3183
3184#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3185
3186/**
3187 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3188 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3189 * @set: which values to set them to
3190 *
3191 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3192 */
3193struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3194        __u32 mask;
3195        __u32 set;
3196} __attribute__((packed));
3197
3198/**
3199 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3200 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3201 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3202 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3203 */
3204enum nl80211_he_gi {
3205        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3206        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3207        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3208};
3209
3210/**
3211 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3212 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3213 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3214 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3215 */
3216enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3217        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3218        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3219        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3220};
3221
3222/**
3223 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3224 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3225 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3226 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3227 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3228 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3229 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3230 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3231 */
3232enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3233        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3234        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3235        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3236        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3237        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3238        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3239        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3240};
3241
3242/**
3243 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3244 *
3245 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3246 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3247 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3248 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3249 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3250 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3251 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3252 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3253 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3254 *
3255 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3256 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3257 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3258 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3259 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3260 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3261 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3262 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3263 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3264 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3265 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3266 *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3267 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3268 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3269 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3270 *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3271 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3272 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3273 *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3274 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3275 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3276 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3277 *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3278 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3279 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3280 *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3281 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3282 */
3283enum nl80211_rate_info {
3284        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3285        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3286        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3287        NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3288        NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3289        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3290        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3291        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3292        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3293        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3294        NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3295        NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3296        NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3297        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3298        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3299        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3300        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3301        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3302
3303        /* keep last */
3304        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3305        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3306};
3307
3308/**
3309 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3310 *
3311 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3312 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3313 *
3314 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3315 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3316 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3317 *      (flag)
3318 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3319 *      (flag)
3320 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3321 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3322 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3323 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3324 */
3325enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3326        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3327        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3328        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3329        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3330        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3331        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3332
3333        /* keep last */
3334        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3335        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3336};
3337
3338/**
3339 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3340 *
3341 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3342 * when getting information about a station.
3343 *
3344 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3345 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3347 *      (u32, from this station)
3348 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3349 *      (u32, to this station)
3350 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3351 *      (u64, from this station)
3352 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3353 *      (u64, to this station)
3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3355 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3356 *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3358 *      (u32, from this station)
3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3360 *      (u32, to this station)
3361 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3362 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3363 *      (u32, to this station)
3364 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3365 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3366 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3368 *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3370 *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3372 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3373 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3375 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3376 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3377 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3378 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3379 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3380 *      non-peer STA
3381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3382 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3384 *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3385 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3386 *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3387 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3388 *      (u64)
3389 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3391 *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3392 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3393 *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3394 *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3395 *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3396 *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3397 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3398 *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3399 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3401 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3403 *      (u32, from this station)
3404 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3405 *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3406 *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3407 *      might not be fully accurate.
3408 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3409 *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3411 *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3413 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3414 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3415 *      of STA's association
3416 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3417 *      authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3418 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3420 */
3421enum nl80211_sta_info {
3422        __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3423        NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3424        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3425        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3426        NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3427        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3428        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3429        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3430        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3431        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3432        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3433        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3434        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3435        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3436        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3437        NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3438        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3439        NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3440        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3441        NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3442        NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3443        NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3444        NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3445        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3446        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3447        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3448        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3449        NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3450        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3451        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3452        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3453        NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3454        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3455        NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3456        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3457        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3458        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3459        NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3460        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3461        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3462        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3463        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3464        NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3465        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3466
3467        /* keep last */
3468        __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3469        NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3470};
3471
3472/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3473#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3474
3475
3476/**
3477 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3478 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3479 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3480 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3481 *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3482 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3483 *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3484 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3485 *      MSDUs (u64)
3486 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3487 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3488 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3489 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3490 */
3491enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3492        __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3493        NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3494        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3495        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3496        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3497        NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3498        NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3499
3500        /* keep last */
3501        NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3502        NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3503};
3504
3505/**
3506 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3507 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3508 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3509 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3510 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3511 *      backlogged
3512 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3513 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3514 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3515 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3516 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3517 *      (only for per-phy stats)
3518 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3519 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3520 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3521 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3522 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3523 */
3524enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3525        __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3526        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3527        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3528        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3529        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3530        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3531        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3532        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3533        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3534        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3535        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3536        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3537
3538        /* keep last */
3539        NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3540        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3541};
3542
3543/**
3544 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3545 *
3546 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3547 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3548 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3549 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3550 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3551 */
3552enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3553        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3554        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3555        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3556        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3557        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3558};
3559
3560/**
3561 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3562 *
3563 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3564 * information about a mesh path.
3565 *
3566 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3567 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3568 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3569 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3570 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3571 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3572 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3573 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3574 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3575 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3576 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3577 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3578 *      currently defined
3579 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3580 */
3581enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3582        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3583        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3584        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3585        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3586        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3587        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3588        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3589        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3590        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3591        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3592
3593        /* keep last */
3594        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3595        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3596};
3597
3598/**
3599 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3600 *
3601 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3602 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3603 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3604 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3605 *     capabilities IE
3606 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3607 *     capabilities IE
3608 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3609 *     capabilities IE
3610 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3611 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3612 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3613 *     defined
3614 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3615 *      given for all 6 GHz band channels
3616 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3617 */
3618enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3619        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3620
3621        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3622        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3623        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3624        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3625        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3626        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3627
3628        /* keep last */
3629        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3630        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3631};
3632
3633/**
3634 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3635 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3636 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3637 *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3638 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3639 *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3640 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3641 *      defined in 802.11n
3642 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3643 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3644 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3645 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3646 *      defined in 802.11ac
3647 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3648 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3649 *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3650 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3651 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3652 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3653 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3654 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3655 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3656 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3657 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3658 */
3659enum nl80211_band_attr {
3660        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3661        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3662        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3663
3664        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3665        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3666        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3667        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3668
3669        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3670        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3671        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3672
3673        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3674        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3675
3676        /* keep last */
3677        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3678        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3679};
3680
3681#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3682
3683/**
3684 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3685 *
3686 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3687 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3688 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3689 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3690 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3691 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3692 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3693 */
3694enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3695        __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3696        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3697        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3698        NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3699        NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3700
3701        /* keep last */
3702        __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3703        NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3704};
3705
3706/**
3707 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3708 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3709 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3710 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3711 *      regulatory domain.
3712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3713 *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3714 *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3715 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3716 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3717 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3718 *      (100 * dBm).
3719 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3720 *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3721 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3722 *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3723 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3724 *      channel as the control channel
3725 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3726 *      channel as the control channel
3727 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3728 *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3729 *      this includes 80+80 channels
3730 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3731 *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3732 *      isn't possible
3733 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3735 *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3736 *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3737 *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3738 *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3739 *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3741 *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3742 *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3743 *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3744 *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3745 *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3746 *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3747 *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3748 *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3749 *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3750 *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3751 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3752 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3754 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3755 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3756 *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3757 *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3758 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3759 *      in current regulatory domain.
3760 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3761 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3762 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3764 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3765 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3766 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3767 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3768 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3769 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3770 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3771 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3772 *      currently defined
3773 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3774 *
3775 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3776 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3777 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3778 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3779 */
3780enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3781        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3782        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3783        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3784        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3785        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3786        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3787        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3788        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3789        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3790        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3791        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3792        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3793        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3794        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3795        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3796        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3797        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3798        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3799        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3800        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3801        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3802        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3803        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3804        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3805        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3806        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3807
3808        /* keep last */
3809        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3810        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3811};
3812
3813#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3814#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3815#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3816#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3817#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3818                                        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3819
3820/**
3821 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3822 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3823 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3824 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3825 *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3826 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3827 *      currently defined
3828 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3829 */
3830enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3831        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3832        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3833        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3834
3835        /* keep last */
3836        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3837        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3838};
3839
3840/**
3841 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3842 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3843 *      regulatory domain.
3844 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3845 *      regulatory domain.
3846 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3847 *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3848 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3849 *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3850 *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3851 *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3852 *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3853 *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3854 *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3855 */
3856enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3857        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3858        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3859        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3860        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3861};
3862
3863/**
3864 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3865 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3866 *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3867 *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3868 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3869 *      domain.
3870 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3871 *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3872 *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3873 *      them to be applied.
3874 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3875 *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3876 *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3877 *      domain request to be processed.
3878 */
3879enum nl80211_reg_type {
3880        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3881        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3882        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3883        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3884};
3885
3886/**
3887 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3888 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3889 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3890 *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3891 *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3892 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3893 *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3894 *      band edge.
3895 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3896 *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3897 *      band edge.
3898 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3899 *      frequency range, in KHz.
3900 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3901 *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3902 *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
3903 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3904 *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3905 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3906 *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3907 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3908 *      currently defined
3909 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3910 */
3911enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3912        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3913        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3914
3915        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3916        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3917        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3918
3919        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3920        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3921
3922        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3923
3924        /* keep last */
3925        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3926        NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3927};
3928
3929/**
3930 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3931 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3932 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3933 *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
3934 *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3935 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3936 *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3937 *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3938 *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3939 *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3940 *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3941 *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3942 *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3943 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3944 *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3945 *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
3946 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3947 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3948 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3949 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3950 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3951 *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3952 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3953 *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3954 *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3955 *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3956 *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3957 *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3958 *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3959 *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3960 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3961 *      attribute number currently defined
3962 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3963 */
3964enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3965        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3966
3967        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3968        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3969        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3970        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3971        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3972        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3973
3974        /* keep last */
3975        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3976        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3977                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3978};
3979
3980/* only for backward compatibility */
3981#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3982
3983/**
3984 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3985 *
3986 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3987 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3988 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3989 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3990 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3991 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3992 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3993 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3994 *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3995 *      beaconing.
3996 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3997 *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3998 *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3999 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4000 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4001 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4002 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4003 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4004 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4005 */
4006enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4007        NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
4008        NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
4009        NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
4010        NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
4011        NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
4012        NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
4013        NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
4014        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
4015        __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
4016        NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
4017        NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
4018        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
4019        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
4020        NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
4021        NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
4022        NL80211_RRF_NO_HE               = 1<<17,
4023};
4024
4025#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4026#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4027#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4028#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4029                                         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4030#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4031
4032/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4033#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4034
4035/**
4036 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4037 *
4038 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4039 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4040 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4041 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4042 */
4043enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4044        NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
4045        NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
4046        NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
4047        NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
4048};
4049
4050/**
4051 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4052 *
4053 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4054 *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
4055 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4056 *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4057 *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4058 *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4059 *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4060 *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4061 *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
4062 *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4063 *      supported feature.
4064 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4065 *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4066 */
4067enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4068        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
4069        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4070        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4071};
4072
4073/**
4074 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4075 *
4076 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4077 * when getting information about a survey.
4078 *
4079 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4080 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4081 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4082 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4083 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4084 *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
4085 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4086 *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4087 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4088 *      channel was sensed busy
4089 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4090 *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
4091 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4092 *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4093 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4094 *      (on this channel or globally)
4095 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4096 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4097 *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4098 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4099 *      currently defined
4100 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4101 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4102 */
4103enum nl80211_survey_info {
4104        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4105        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4106        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4107        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4108        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4109        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4110        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4111        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4112        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4113        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4114        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4115        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4116        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4117
4118        /* keep last */
4119        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4120        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4121};
4122
4123/* keep old names for compatibility */
4124#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4125#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4126#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4127#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4128#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4129
4130/**
4131 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4132 *
4133 * Monitor configuration flags.
4134 *
4135 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4136 *
4137 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4138 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4139 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4140 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4141 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4142 *      overrides all other flags.
4143 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4144 *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4145 *
4146 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4147 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4148 */
4149enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4150        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4151        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4152        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4153        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4154        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4155        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4156        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4157
4158        /* keep last */
4159        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4160        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4161};
4162
4163/**
4164 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4165 *
4166 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4167 *      not known or has not been set yet.
4168 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4169 *      in Awake state all the time.
4170 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4171 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4172 *      neighbor's beacons.
4173 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4174 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4175 *      for neighbor's beacons.
4176 *
4177 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4178 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4179 */
4180
4181enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4182        NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4183        NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4184        NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4185        NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4186
4187        __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4188        NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4189};
4190
4191/**
4192 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4193 *
4194 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4195 * active.
4196 *
4197 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4198 *
4199 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4200 *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4201 *
4202 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4203 *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4204 *
4205 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4206 *      millisecond units
4207 *
4208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4209 *      on this mesh interface
4210 *
4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4212 *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4213 *      mesh
4214 *
4215 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4216 *      point.
4217 *
4218 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4219 *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4220 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4221 *      set.
4222 *
4223 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4224 *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4225 *      target)
4226 *
4227 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4228 *      (in milliseconds)
4229 *
4230 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4231 *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4232 *
4233 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4234 *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4235 *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4236 *
4237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4238 *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4239 *      reference element
4240 *
4241 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4242 *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4243 *      mesh
4244 *
4245 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4246 *
4247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4248 *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4249 *
4250 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4251 *      root announcements are transmitted.
4252 *
4253 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4254 *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4255 *      Announcement frames.
4256 *
4257 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4258 *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4259 *      PERR element.
4260 *
4261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4262 *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4263 *
4264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4265 *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4266 *      a peer link.
4267 *
4268 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4269 *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4270 *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4271 *
4272 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4273 *
4274 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4275 *
4276 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4277 *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4278 *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4279 *
4280 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4281 *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4282 *
4283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4284 *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4285 *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4286 *
4287 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4288 *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4289 *
4290 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4291 *
4292 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4293 *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4294 *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4295 *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4296 *
4297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4298 *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4299 *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4300 *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4301 *
4302 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4303 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4304 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4305 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4306 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4307 *
4308 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4309 *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4310 *      in the mesh formation field.
4311 *
4312 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4313 */
4314enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4315        __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4316        NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4317        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4318        NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4319        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4320        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4321        NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4322        NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4323        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4324        NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4325        NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4326        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4327        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4328        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4329        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4330        NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4331        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4332        NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4333        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4334        NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4335        NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4336        NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4337        NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4338        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4339        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4340        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4341        NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4342        NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4343        NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4344        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4345        NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4346        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4347
4348        /* keep last */
4349        __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4350        NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4351};
4352
4353/**
4354 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4355 *
4356 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4357 * changed while the mesh is active.
4358 *
4359 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4360 *
4361 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4362 *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4363 *      default HWMP.
4364 *
4365 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4366 *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4367 *      metric.
4368 *
4369 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4370 *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4371 *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4372 *      metrics in use.
4373 *
4374 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4375 *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4376 *
4377 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4378 *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4379 *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4380 *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4381 *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4382 *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4383 *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4384 *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4385 *      userspace daemon.
4386 *
4387 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4388 *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4389 *      neighbor offset synchronization
4390 *
4391 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4392 *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4393 *
4394 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4395 *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4396 *      Default is no authentication method required.
4397 *
4398 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4399 *
4400 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4401 */
4402enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4403        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4404        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4405        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4406        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4407        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4408        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4409        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4410        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4411        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4412
4413        /* keep last */
4414        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4415        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4416};
4417
4418/**
4419 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4420 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4421 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4422 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4423 *      disabled
4424 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4425 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4426 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4427 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4428 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4429 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4430 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4431 */
4432enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4433        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4434        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4435        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4436        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4437        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4438        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4439
4440        /* keep last */
4441        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4442        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4443};
4444
4445enum nl80211_ac {
4446        NL80211_AC_VO,
4447        NL80211_AC_VI,
4448        NL80211_AC_BE,
4449        NL80211_AC_BK,
4450        NL80211_NUM_ACS
4451};
4452
4453/* backward compat */
4454#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4455#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4456#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4457#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4458#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4459
4460/**
4461 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4462 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4463 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4464 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4465 *      below the control channel
4466 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4467 *      above the control channel
4468 */
4469enum nl80211_channel_type {
4470        NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4471        NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4472        NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4473        NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4474};
4475
4476/**
4477 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4478 *
4479 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4480 *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4481 *
4482 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4483 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4484 *
4485 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4486 *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4487 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4488 *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4489 *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4490 */
4491enum nl80211_key_mode {
4492        NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4493        NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4494        NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4495};
4496
4497/**
4498 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4499 *
4500 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4501 * attribute.
4502 *
4503 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4504 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4505 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4506 *      attribute must be provided as well
4507 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4508 *      attribute must be provided as well
4509 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4510 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4511 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4512 *      attribute must be provided as well
4513 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4514 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4515 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4516 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4517 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4518 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4519 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4520 */
4521enum nl80211_chan_width {
4522        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4523        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4524        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4525        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4526        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4527        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4528        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4529        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4530        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4531        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4532        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4533        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4534        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4535};
4536
4537/**
4538 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4539 *
4540 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4541 *
4542 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4543 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4544 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4545 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4546 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4547 */
4548enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4549        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4550        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4551        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4552        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4553        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4554};
4555
4556/**
4557 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4558 *
4559 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4560 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4561 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4562 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4563 *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4564 *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4565 *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4566 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4567 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4568 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4569 *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4570 *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4571 *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4572 *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4573 *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4574 *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4575 *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4576 *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4577 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4578 *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4579 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4580 *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4581 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4582 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4583 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4584 *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4585 *      yet been received
4586 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4587 *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4588 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4589 *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4590 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4591 *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4592 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4593 *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4594 *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4595 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4596 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4597 *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4598 *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4599 *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4600 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4601 *      is set.
4602 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4603 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4604 *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4605 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4606 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4607 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4608 */
4609enum nl80211_bss {
4610        __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4611        NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4612        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4613        NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4614        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4615        NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4616        NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4617        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4618        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4619        NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4620        NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4621        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4622        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4623        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4624        NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4625        NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4626        NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4627        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4628        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4629        NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4630        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4631
4632        /* keep last */
4633        __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4634        NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4635};
4636
4637/**
4638 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4639 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4640 *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4641 *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4642 *      a given BSS.
4643 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4644 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4645 *
4646 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4647 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4648 */
4649enum nl80211_bss_status {
4650        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4651        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4652        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4653};
4654
4655/**
4656 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4657 *
4658 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4659 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4660 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4661 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4662 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4663 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4664 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4665 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4666 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4667 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4668 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4669 *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4670 *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4671 */
4672enum nl80211_auth_type {
4673        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4674        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4675        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4676        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4677        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4678        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4679        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4680        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4681
4682        /* keep last */
4683        __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4684        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4685        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4686};
4687
4688/**
4689 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4690 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4691 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4692 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4693 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4694 */
4695enum nl80211_key_type {
4696        NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4697        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4698        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4699
4700        NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4701};
4702
4703/**
4704 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4705 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4706 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4707 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4708 */
4709enum nl80211_mfp {
4710        NL80211_MFP_NO,
4711        NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4712        NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4713};
4714
4715enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4716        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4717        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4718        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4719};
4720
4721/**
4722 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4723 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4724 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4725 *      unicast key
4726 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4727 *      multicast key
4728 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4729 */
4730enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4731        __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4732        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4733        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4734
4735        NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4736};
4737
4738/**
4739 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4740 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4741 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4742 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4743 *      keys
4744 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4745 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4746 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4747 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4748 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4749 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4750 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4751 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4752 *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4753 *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4754 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4755 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4756 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4757 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4758 *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4759 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4760 *
4761 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4762 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4763 */
4764enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4765        __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4766        NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4767        NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4768        NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4769        NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4770        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4771        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4772        NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4773        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4774        NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4775        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4776
4777        /* keep last */
4778        __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4779        NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4780};
4781
4782/**
4783 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4784 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4785 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4786 *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4787 *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4788 *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4789 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4790 *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4791 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4792 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4793 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4794 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4795 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4796 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4797 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4798 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4799 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4800 */
4801enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4802        __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4803        NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4804        NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4805        NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4806        NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4807        NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4808        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4809        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4810
4811        /* keep last */
4812        __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4813        NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4814};
4815
4816#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4817#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4818
4819/**
4820 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4821 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4822 */
4823struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4824        __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4825};
4826
4827#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX              8
4828/**
4829 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4830 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4831 */
4832struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4833        __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4834};
4835
4836enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4837        NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4838        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4839        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4840};
4841
4842/**
4843 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4844 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4845 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4846 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4847 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4848 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4849 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4850 *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4851 */
4852enum nl80211_band {
4853        NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4854        NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4855        NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4856        NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4857        NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4858
4859        NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4860};
4861
4862/**
4863 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4864 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4865 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4866 */
4867enum nl80211_ps_state {
4868        NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4869        NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4870};
4871
4872/**
4873 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4874 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4875 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4876 *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4877 *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4878 *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4879 *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4880 *      crosses any of the thresholds.
4881 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4882 *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4883 *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4884 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4885 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4886 *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4887 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4888 *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4889 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4890 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4892 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4893 *      checked.
4894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4895 *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4896 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4897 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4898 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4899 *      loss event
4900 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4901 *      RSSI threshold event.
4902 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4904 */
4905enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4906        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4907        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4908        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4909        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4910        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4911        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4912        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4913        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4914        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4915        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4916
4917        /* keep last */
4918        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4919        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4920};
4921
4922/**
4923 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4924 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4925 *      configured threshold
4926 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4927 *      configured threshold
4928 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4929 */
4930enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4931        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4932        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4933        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4934};
4935
4936
4937/**
4938 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4939 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4940 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4941 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4942 */
4943enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4944        NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4945        NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4946        NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4947};
4948
4949/**
4950 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
4951 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
4952 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
4953 */
4954enum nl80211_tid_config {
4955        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
4956        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
4957};
4958
4959/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
4960 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
4961 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
4962 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
4963 */
4964enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
4965        NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
4966        NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
4967        NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
4968};
4969
4970/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
4971 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
4972 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
4973 *      for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
4974 *      (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
4975 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
4976 *      per peer instead.
4977 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
4978 *      that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
4979 *      configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
4980 *      should be left untouched.
4981 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
4982 *      Its type is u16.
4983 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
4984 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
4985 *      Its type is u8.
4986 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
4987 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4988 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
4989 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4990 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
4991 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
4992 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4993 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
4994 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4995 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
4996 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
4997 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
4998 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4999 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5000 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5001 *      the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5002 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5003 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5004 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5005 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5006 *      to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5007 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5008 *      the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5009 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5010 *      with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5011 *      configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5012 *      station.
5013 */
5014enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5015        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5016        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5017        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5018        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5019        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5020        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5021        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5022        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5023        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5024        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5025        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5026        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5027        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5028        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5029
5030        /* keep last */
5031        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5032        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5033};
5034
5035/**
5036 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5037 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5038 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5039 *      a zero bit are ignored
5040 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5041 *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5042 *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5043 *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5044 *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5045 *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5046 *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5047 *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5048 *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5049 *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5050 *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5051 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5052 *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5053 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5054 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5055 */
5056enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5057        __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5058        NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5059        NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5060        NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5061
5062        NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5063        MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5064};
5065
5066/**
5067 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5068 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5069 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5070 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5071 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5072 *
5073 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5074 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5075 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5076 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5077 * by the kernel to userspace.
5078 */
5079struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5080        __u32 max_patterns;
5081        __u32 min_pattern_len;
5082        __u32 max_pattern_len;
5083        __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5084} __attribute__((packed));
5085
5086/* only for backward compatibility */
5087#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5088#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5089#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5090#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5091#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5092#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5093#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5094
5095/**
5096 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5097 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5098 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5099 *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5100 *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
5101 *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5102 *      any others are even supported by the device.
5103 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5104 *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5105 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5106 *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5108 *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5109 *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5110 *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5111 *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5112 *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5113 *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5114 *
5115 *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5116 *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5117 *
5118 *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5119 *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5120 *      to the kernel when configuring.
5121 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5122 *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5123 *      by the device (flag)
5124 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5125 *      done by the device) (flag)
5126 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5127 *      packet (flag)
5128 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5129 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5130 *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5131 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5132 *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5133 *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5134 *      attribute contains the original length.
5135 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5136 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5137 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5138 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5139 *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5140 *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5141 *      contains the original length.
5142 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5143 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5144 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5145 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5146 *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5147 *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5148 *      the TCP connection.
5149 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5150 *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5151 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5152 *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5153 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5154 *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5155 *      service
5156 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5157 *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5158 *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5159 *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5160 *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5161 *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5162 *      attribute is also sent in a response to
5163 *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5164 *      supported by the driver (u32).
5165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5166 *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
5167 *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5168 *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
5169 *      element is present, it means that more than one match
5170 *      occurred.
5171 *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5172 *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5173 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5174 *      these attributes must be present.  If
5175 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5176 *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5177 *      channel.
5178 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5179 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5180 *
5181 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5182 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5183 */
5184enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5185        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5186        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5187        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5188        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5189        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5190        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5191        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5192        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5193        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5194        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5195        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5196        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5197        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5198        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5199        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5200        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5201        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5202        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5203        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5204        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5205
5206        /* keep last */
5207        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5208        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5209};
5210
5211/**
5212 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5213 *
5214 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5215 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5216 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5217 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5218 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5219 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5220 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5221 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5222 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5223 *
5224 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5225 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5226 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5227 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5228 * also woken up.
5229 *
5230 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5231 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5232 */
5233
5234/**
5235 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5236 * @start: starting value
5237 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5238 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5239 *
5240 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5241 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5242 * in little endian.
5243 */
5244struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5245        __u32 start, offset, len;
5246};
5247
5248/**
5249 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5250 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5251 * @len: length of each token
5252 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5253 *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5254 */
5255struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5256        __u32 offset, len;
5257        __u8 token_stream[];
5258};
5259
5260/**
5261 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5262 * @min_len: minimum token length
5263 * @max_len: maximum token length
5264 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5265 */
5266struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5267        __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5268};
5269
5270/**
5271 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5272 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5274 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5275 *      (in network byte order)
5276 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5277 *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5278 *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5279 *      might require ARP querying.
5280 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5281 *      socket and port will be allocated
5282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5284 *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5285 *      of the data payload.
5286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5287 *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5288 *      advertising it is just a flag
5289 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5290 *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5291 *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5292 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5293 *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
5294 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5295 *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5296 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5297 *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5298 *      but on the TCP payload only.
5299 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5300 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5301 */
5302enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5303        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5304        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5305        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5306        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5307        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5308        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5309        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5310        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5311        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5312        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5313        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5314        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5315
5316        /* keep last */
5317        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5318        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5319};
5320
5321/**
5322 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5323 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5324 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5325 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5326 *
5327 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5328 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5329 */
5330struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5331        __u32 max_rules;
5332        struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5333        __u32 max_delay;
5334} __attribute__((packed));
5335
5336/**
5337 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5338 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5339 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5340 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5341 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5342 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5343 *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5344 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5345 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5346 */
5347enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5348        __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5349        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5350        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5351        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5352
5353        /* keep last */
5354        NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5355        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5356};
5357
5358/**
5359 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5360 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5361 *      in a rule are matched.
5362 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5363 *      in a rule are not matched.
5364 */
5365enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5366        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5367        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5368};
5369
5370/**
5371 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5372 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5373 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5374 *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5375 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5376 *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5377 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5378 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5379 */
5380enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5381        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5382        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5383        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5384
5385        /* keep last */
5386        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5387        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5388};
5389
5390/**
5391 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5392 *
5393 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5394 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5395 *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5396 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5397 *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5398 *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5399 *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5400 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5401 *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5402 *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5403 *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5404 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5405 *      different channels may be used within this group.
5406 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5407 *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5408 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5409 *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5410 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5411 *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5412 *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5413 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5414 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5415 *
5416 * Examples:
5417 *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5418 *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5419 *
5420 *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5421 *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5422 *
5423 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5424 *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5425 *
5426 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5427 *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5428 *
5429 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5430 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5431 * that any of these groups must match.
5432 *
5433 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5434 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5435 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5436 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5437 *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5438 */
5439enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5440        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5441        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5442        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5443        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5444        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5445        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5446        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5447        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5448
5449        /* keep last */
5450        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5451        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5452};
5453
5454
5455/**
5456 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5457 *
5458 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5459 *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5460 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5461 *      this mesh peer
5462 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5463 *      from this mesh peer
5464 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5465 *      received from this mesh peer
5466 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5467 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5468 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5469 *      plink are discarded
5470 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5471 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5472 */
5473enum nl80211_plink_state {
5474        NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5475        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5476        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5477        NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5478        NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5479        NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5480        NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5481
5482        /* keep last */
5483        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5484        MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5485};
5486
5487/**
5488 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5489 *
5490 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5491 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5492 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5493 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5494 */
5495enum plink_actions {
5496        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5497        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5498        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5499
5500        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5501};
5502
5503
5504#define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5505#define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5506#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN             24
5507#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN             32
5508#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5509
5510/**
5511 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5512 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5513 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5514 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5515 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5516 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5517 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5518 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5519 */
5520enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5521        __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5522        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5523        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5524        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5525        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5526
5527        /* keep last */
5528        NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5529        MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5530};
5531
5532/**
5533 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5534 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5535 *      Beacon frames)
5536 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5537 *      in Beacon frames
5538 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5539 *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5540 */
5541enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5542        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5543        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5544        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5545};
5546
5547/**
5548 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5549 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5550 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5551 *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5552 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5553 *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5554 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5555 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5556 */
5557enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5558        __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5559        NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5560        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5561
5562        /* keep last */
5563        __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5564        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5565};
5566
5567/**
5568 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5569 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5570 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5571 *      priority)
5572 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5573 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5574 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5575 *      (internal)
5576 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5577 *      (internal)
5578 */
5579enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5580        __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5581        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5582        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5583        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5584
5585        /* keep last */
5586        NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5587        MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5588};
5589
5590/**
5591 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5592 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5593 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5594 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5595 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5596 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5597 */
5598enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5599        NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5600        NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5601        NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5602        NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5603        NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5604};
5605
5606/*
5607 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5608 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5609 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5610enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5611};
5612 */
5613
5614/**
5615 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5616 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5617 *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5618 *      socket option.
5619 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5620 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5621 *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5622 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5623 *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5624 *      cellular base stations.
5625 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5626 *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5627 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5628 *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5629 *      mode
5630 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5631 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5632 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5633 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5634 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5635 *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5636 *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5637 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5638 *      setting
5639 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5640 *      powersave
5641 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5642 *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5643 *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5644 *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5645 *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5646 *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5647 *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5648 *      states using station flags.
5649 *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5650 *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5651 *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5652 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5653 *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5655 *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5656 *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5657 *      still generated by the driver.
5658 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5659 *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5660 *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5661 *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5662 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5663 *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5664 *      lifetime of a BSS.
5665 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5666 *      Set IE to probe requests.
5667 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5668 *      to probe requests.
5669 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5670 *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5671 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5672 *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5673 *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5674 *      Measurement Report action frame.
5675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5676 *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5677 *      to enable dynack.
5678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5679 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5680 *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5682 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5683 *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5684 *      rts/cts handshake.
5685 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5686 *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5687 *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5688 *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5690 *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5691 *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5692 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5693 *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5695 *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5696 *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5697 *      address mask/value will be used.
5698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5699 *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5700 *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5701 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5702 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5703 *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5704 *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5705 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5706 */
5707enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5708        NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5709        NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5710        NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5711        NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5712        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5713        NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5714        NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5715        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5716        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5717        NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5718        NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5719        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5720        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5721        /* bit 13 is reserved */
5722        NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5723        NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5724        NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5725        NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5726        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5727        NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5728        NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5729        NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5730        NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5731        NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5732        NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5733        NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5734        NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5735        NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5736        NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5737        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5738        NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5739        NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
5740};
5741
5742/**
5743 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5744 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5745 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5746 *      request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5747 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5748 *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5749 *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5750 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5751 *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5752 *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5753 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5754 *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5755 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5756 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5757 *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5758 *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5759 *      (if available).
5760 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5761 *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5762 *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5763 *      (if available).
5764 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5765 *      channel dwell time.
5766 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5767 *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5768 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5769 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5770 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5771 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5772 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5773 *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5774 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5775 *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5776 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5777 *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5778 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5779 *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5780 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5782 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5783 *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5784 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5785 *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5786 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5787 *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5788 *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5790 *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5791 *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5792 *      be supported.
5793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5794 *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5795 *      actual dwell time.
5796 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5797 *      response
5798 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5799 *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5801 *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5803 *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5804 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5805 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5808 *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5809 *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5810 *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5811 *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5812 *      "radar detected" event.
5813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5814 *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5815 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5816 *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5817 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5818 *      TXQs.
5819 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5820 *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5821 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5822 *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5823 *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5825 *      timing measurement responder role.
5826 *
5827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5828 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5829 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5830 *      freeze the connection.
5831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5832 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5833 *
5834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5835 *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5836 *      scheduling.
5837 *
5838 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5839 *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5840 *
5841 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5842 *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5843 *
5844 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5845 *      to a station.
5846 *
5847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5848 *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5849 *
5850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5851 *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5852 *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5853 *
5854 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5855 *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5856 *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5857 *
5858 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5859 *      and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5860 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5861 *      protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5862 *
5863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5864 *      forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5865 *      handled as ordinary data frames.
5866 *
5867 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5868 *
5869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5870 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5871 *
5872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5873 *      are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5874 *
5875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5876 *      reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5877 *      report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5878 *      included in the scan request.
5879 *
5880 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5881 *      can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5882 *
5883 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5884 *      Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5885 *
5886 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5887 *      handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5888 *      command).
5889 *
5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5891 *      in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5892 *
5893 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
5894 *      frames transmission
5895 *
5896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
5897 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
5898 *
5899 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5900 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5901 */
5902enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5903        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5904        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5905        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5906        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5907        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5908        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5909        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5910        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5911        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5912        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5913        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5914        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5915        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5916        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5917        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5918        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5919        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5920        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5921        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5922        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5923        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5924        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5925        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5926        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5927        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5928        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5929        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5930        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5931        /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5932        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5933        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5934        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5935        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5936        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5937        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5938        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5939        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5940        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5941        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5942        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5943        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5944        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5945        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5946        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
5947        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
5948        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
5949        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
5950        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
5951        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
5952        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
5953        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
5954        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
5955        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
5956        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
5957        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
5958        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5959
5960        /* add new features before the definition below */
5961        NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5962        MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5963};
5964
5965/**
5966 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5967 *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5968 *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5969 *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5970 *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5971 *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5972 *      to the host.
5973 *
5974 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5975 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5976 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5977 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5978 */
5979enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5980        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
5981        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
5982        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
5983        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
5984};
5985
5986/**
5987 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5988 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5989 *      handled by the AP is reached.
5990 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5991 */
5992enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5993        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5994        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5995};
5996
5997/**
5998 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5999 *
6000 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6001 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6002 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6003 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6004 */
6005enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6006        NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6007        NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6008        NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6009        NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6010};
6011
6012/**
6013 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6014 *
6015 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6016 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6017 * requests.
6018 *
6019 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6020 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6021 * one of them can be used in the request.
6022 *
6023 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6024 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6025 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6026 *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6027 *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6028 *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6029 *      when really needed
6030 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6031 *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6032 *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6033 *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6034 *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6035 *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6036 *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6037 *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6038 *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6039 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6040 *      request parameters IE in the probe request
6041 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6042 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6043 *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6044 *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6045 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6046 *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6047 *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6048 *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6049 *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6050 *      SSID and/or RSSI.
6051 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6052 *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6053 *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6054 *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6055 *      impacted with this flag.
6056 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6057 *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6058 *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6059 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6060 *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6061 *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6062 *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6063 *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6064 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6065 *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6066 *      possible.
6067 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6068 *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6069 *      added by userspace explicitly.)
6070 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6071 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6072 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6073 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6074 *      2.4/5 GHz APs
6075 */
6076enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6077        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
6078        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
6079        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
6080        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
6081        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
6082        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
6083        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
6084        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
6085        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
6086        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
6087        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
6088        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
6089        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
6090        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ                              = 1<<13,
6091        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ                        = 1<<14,
6092};
6093
6094/**
6095 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6096 *
6097 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6098 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6099 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6100 *
6101 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6102 *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6103 *      in ACL to authenticate.
6104 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6105 *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6106 */
6107enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6108        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6109        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6110};
6111
6112/**
6113 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6114 *
6115 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6116 *
6117 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6118 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6119 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6120 *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6121 */
6122enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6123        NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6124        NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6125        NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6126
6127        __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6128        NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6129};
6130
6131/**
6132 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6133 *
6134 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6135 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6136 *
6137 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6138 *      now unusable.
6139 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6140 *      the channel is now available.
6141 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6142 *      change to the channel status.
6143 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6144 *      over, channel becomes usable.
6145 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6146 *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6147 *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6148 *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6149 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6150 *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6151 */
6152enum nl80211_radar_event {
6153        NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6154        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6155        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6156        NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6157        NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6158        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6159};
6160
6161/**
6162 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6163 *
6164 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6165 *
6166 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6167 *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6168 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6169 *      is therefore marked as not available.
6170 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6171 */
6172enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6173        NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6174        NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6175        NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6176};
6177
6178/**
6179 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6180 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6181 *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6182 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6183 *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6184 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6185 */
6186enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6187        NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
6188};
6189
6190/**
6191 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6192 *
6193 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6194 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6195 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6196 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6197 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6198 */
6199enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6200        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6201        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6202        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6203        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6204        /* add other protocols before this one */
6205        NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6206};
6207
6208/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6209#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
6210
6211/**
6212 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6213 *
6214 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6215 *
6216 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6217 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6218 *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6219 *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6220 *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6221 */
6222enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6223        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6224        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6225};
6226
6227/*
6228 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6229 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6230 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6231 */
6232#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
6233
6234/**
6235 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6236 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6237 *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6238 *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6239 *      added to this file when needed.
6240 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6241 */
6242struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6243        __u32 vendor_id;
6244        __u32 subcmd;
6245};
6246
6247/**
6248 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6249 *
6250 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6251 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6252 *
6253 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6254 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6255 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6256 */
6257enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6258        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6259        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6260        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6261};
6262
6263/**
6264 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6265 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6266 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6267 *      seconds (u32).
6268 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6269 *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6270 *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6271 *      make the scan plan meaningless.
6272 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6273 *      currently defined
6274 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6275 */
6276enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6277        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6278        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6279        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6280
6281        /* keep last */
6282        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6283        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6284                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6285};
6286
6287/**
6288 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6289 *
6290 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6291 *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6292 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6293 */
6294struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6295        __u8 band;
6296        __s8 delta;
6297} __attribute__((packed));
6298
6299/**
6300 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6301 *
6302 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6303 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6304 *      is requested.
6305 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6306 *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6307 *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6308 *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6309 *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6310 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6311 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6312 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6313 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6314 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6315 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6316 *
6317 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6318 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6319 * which the driver shall use.
6320 */
6321enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6322        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6323        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6324        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6325        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6326
6327        /* keep last */
6328        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6329        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6330};
6331
6332/**
6333 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6334 *
6335 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6336 *
6337 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6339 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6340 */
6341enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6342        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6343        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6344        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6345
6346        /* keep last */
6347        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6348        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6349};
6350
6351/**
6352 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6353 *
6354 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6355 *
6356 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6357 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6358 */
6359enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6360        NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6361        NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6362};
6363
6364/**
6365 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6366 *
6367 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6368 *
6369 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6370 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6371 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6372 */
6373enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6374        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6375        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6376        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6377};
6378
6379#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6380#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6381#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6382
6383/**
6384 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6385 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6386 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6387 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6388 *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6389 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6390 *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6391 *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6392 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6393 *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6394 *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6395 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6396 *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6397 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6398 *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6399 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6400 *      is follow up. This is a u8.
6401 *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6402 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6403 *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6404 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6405 *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6406 *      This is a flag.
6407 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6408 *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6409 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6410 *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6411 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6412 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6413 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6414 *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6415 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6416 *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6417 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6418 *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6419 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6420 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6421 *
6422 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6423 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6424 */
6425enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6426        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6427        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6428        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6429        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6430        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6431        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6432        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6433        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6434        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6435        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6436        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6437        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6438        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6439        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6440        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6441        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6442        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6443
6444        /* keep last */
6445        NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6446        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6447};
6448
6449/**
6450 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6451 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6452 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6453 *      This is a flag.
6454 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6455 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6456 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6457 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6458 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6459 *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6460 *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6461 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6462 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6463 */
6464enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6465        __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6466        NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6467        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6468        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6469        NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6470
6471        /* keep last */
6472        NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6473        NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6474};
6475
6476/**
6477 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6478 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6479 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6480 *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6481 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6482 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6483 *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6484 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6485 *
6486 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6487 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6488 */
6489enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6490        __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6491        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6492        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6493
6494        /* keep last */
6495        NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6496        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6497};
6498
6499/**
6500 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6501 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6502 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6503 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6504 */
6505enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6506        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6507        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6508};
6509
6510/**
6511 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6512 *      responder attributes
6513 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6514 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6515 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6516 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6517 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6518 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6519 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6520 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6521 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6522 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6523 */
6524enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6525        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6526
6527        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6528        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6529        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6530
6531        /* keep last */
6532        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6533        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6534};
6535
6536/*
6537 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6538 *
6539 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6540 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6541 *
6542 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6543 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6544 *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6545 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6546 *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6547 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6548 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6549 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6550 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6551 *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6552 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6553 *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6554 *      phase with the responder (u32)
6555 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6556 *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6557 *      FTM slot (u32)
6558 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6559 *      scheduled window (u32)
6560 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6561 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6562 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6563 */
6564enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6565        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6566        NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6567        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6568        NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6569        NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6570        NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6571        NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6572        NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6573        NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6574        NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6575        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6576
6577        /* keep last */
6578        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6579        NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6580};
6581
6582/**
6583 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6584 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6585 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6586 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6587 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6588 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6589 */
6590enum nl80211_preamble {
6591        NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6592        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6593        NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6594        NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6595        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6596};
6597
6598/**
6599 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6600 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6601 *      these numbers also for attributes
6602 *
6603 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6604 *
6605 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6606 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6607 */
6608enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6609        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6610
6611        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6612
6613        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6614        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6615};
6616
6617/**
6618 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6620 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6621 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6622 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6623 *      reason may be available in the response data
6624 */
6625enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6626        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6627        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6628        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6629        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6630};
6631
6632/**
6633 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6634 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6635 *
6636 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6637 *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6638 *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6639 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6640 *      (flag attribute)
6641 *
6642 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6643 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6644 */
6645enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6646        __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6647
6648        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6649        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6650
6651        /* keep last */
6652        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6653        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6654};
6655
6656/**
6657 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6658 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6659 *
6660 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6661 *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6662 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6664 *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6665 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6666 *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6667 *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6668 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6669 *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6670 *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6671 *      (u64, usec)
6672 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6673 *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6674 *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6675 *      result.
6676 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6677 *
6678 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6679 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6680 */
6681enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6682        __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6683
6684        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6685        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6686        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6687        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6688        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6689        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6690
6691        /* keep last */
6692        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6693        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6694};
6695
6696/**
6697 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6698 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6699 *
6700 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6701 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6702 *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6703 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6704 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6705 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6706 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6707 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6708 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6709 *
6710 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6711 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6712 */
6713enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6714        __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6715
6716        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6717        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6718        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6719        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6720
6721        /* keep last */
6722        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6723        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6724};
6725
6726/**
6727 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6728 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6729 *
6730 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6731 *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6732 *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6733 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6734 *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6735 *      measurement results
6736 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6737 *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6738 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6739 *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6740 *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6741 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6742 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6743 *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6744 *      sub-attributes taken from
6745 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6746 *
6747 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6748 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6749 */
6750enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6751        __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6752
6753        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6754        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6755        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6756        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6757        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6758
6759        /* keep last */
6760        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6761        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6762};
6763
6764/**
6765 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6766 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6767 *
6768 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6769 *      is supported
6770 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6771 *      mode is supported
6772 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6773 *      data can be requested during the measurement
6774 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6775 *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6776 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6777 *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6779 *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6780 *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6781 *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6782 *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6784 *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6785 *      is valid)
6786 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6787 *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6788 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6789 *      trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6790 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6791 *      if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6792 *
6793 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6794 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6795 */
6796enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6797        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6798
6799        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6800        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6801        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6802        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6803        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6804        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6805        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6806        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6807        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6808        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6809
6810        /* keep last */
6811        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6812        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6813};
6814
6815/**
6816 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6817 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6818 *
6819 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6820 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6821 *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6823 *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6824 *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6825 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6826 *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6827 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6828 *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6829 *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6830 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6831 *      requested per burst
6832 *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6834 *      (u8, default 3)
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6836 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6837 *      (flag)
6838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6839 *      measurement (flag).
6840 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6841 *      mutually exclusive.
6842 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6843 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6844 *      ranging will be used.
6845 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6846 *      ranging measurement (flag)
6847 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6848 *      mutually exclusive.
6849 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6850 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6851 *      ranging will be used.
6852 *
6853 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6854 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6855 */
6856enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6857        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6858
6859        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6860        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6861        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6862        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6863        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6864        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6865        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6866        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6867        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6868        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6869        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6870
6871        /* keep last */
6872        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6873        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6874};
6875
6876/**
6877 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6878 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6879 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6880 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6881 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6882 *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6883 *      try and get no response)
6884 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6885 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6886 *      received
6887 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6888 *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6889 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6890 *      by the peer and are no longer supported
6891 */
6892enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6893        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6894        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6895        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6896        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6897        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6898        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6899        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6900        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6901};
6902
6903/**
6904 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6905 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6906 *
6907 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6908 *      (u32, optional)
6909 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6910 *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6911 *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6912 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6913 *      transmitted (u32, optional)
6914 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6915 *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6916 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6917 *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
6918 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6919 *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6921 *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6923 *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6924 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6925 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6926 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6927 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6928 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6929 *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6930 *      attributes)
6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6932 *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6934 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6936 *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6938 *      optional)
6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6940 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6942 *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6943 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6944 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6945 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6946 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6947 *      Type 8.
6948 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6949 *      (binary, optional);
6950 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6951 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6952 *      Type 11.
6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6954 *
6955 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6956 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6957 */
6958enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6959        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6960
6961        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6962        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6963        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6964        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6965        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6966        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6967        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6968        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6969        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6970        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6971        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6972        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6973        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6974        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6975        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6976        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6977        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6978        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6979        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6980        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6981        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6982
6983        /* keep last */
6984        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6985        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6986};
6987
6988/**
6989 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6990 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6991 *
6992 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6993 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6994 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
6995 *      tx power offset.
6996 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
6997 *      values used by members of the SRG.
6998 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
6999 *      BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7000 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7001 *
7002 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7003 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7004 */
7005enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7006        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7007
7008        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7009        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7010        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7011        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7012        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7013        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7014
7015        /* keep last */
7016        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7017        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7018};
7019
7020/**
7021 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7022 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7023 *
7024 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7025 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7026 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7027 *
7028 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7029 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7030 */
7031enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7032        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7033
7034        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7035        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7036        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7037
7038        /* keep last */
7039        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7040        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7041};
7042
7043/**
7044 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7045 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7046 *
7047 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7048 *      attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7049 *      %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7050 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7051 *      AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7052 *
7053 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7054 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7055 */
7056enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7057        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7058
7059        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7060        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7061
7062        /* keep last */
7063        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7064        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7065};
7066
7067/**
7068 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7069 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7070 *
7071 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7072 *
7073 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7074 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7075 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7076 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7077 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7078 *      frame including the headers.
7079 *
7080 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7081 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7082 */
7083enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7084        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7085
7086        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7087        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7088        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7089
7090        /* keep last */
7091        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7092        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7093};
7094
7095/*
7096 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7097 * mandatory fields.
7098 */
7099#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7100
7101/**
7102 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7103 *      response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7104 *
7105 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7106 *
7107 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7108 *      Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7109 *      26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7110 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7111 *      frame template (binary).
7112 *
7113 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7114 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7115 */
7116enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7117        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7118
7119        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7120        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7121
7122        /* keep last */
7123        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7124        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7125                __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7126};
7127#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7128